Coastal Navigation

Jack DaleISPA Yachtmaster Offshore

InstructorCYA Advanced Cruising Instructor

Why Not Use a GPS Most vessels of any kind in Canada

have an obligation to carry and use official charts and publications and to keep them up to date The chart carriage requirements are listed in the Charts and Nautical Publications Regulations 1995 of the Canada Shipping Act

Why Not Use a GPS Most vessels of any kind in Canada

have an obligation to carry and use official charts and publications and to keep them up to date The chart carriage requirements are listed in the Charts and Nautical Publications Regulations 1995 of the Canada Shipping Act

CHS paper charts meet the requirements of the chart carriage regulations CHS digital charts meet the requirements of the chart carriage regulations under certain circumstances CHS Electronic Navigational Charts (ENCs) meet the requirements provided they are used with an Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS) CHS raster charts meet the requirements only if paper charts are carried and used as a backup

ECDIS

Chartplotter

Chapter One

Tools and Publications

Navigational Equipment Plotters Dividers Hand Bearing

Compass Shiprsquos Compass TSD Computer Calculator Pencils Erasers

Binoculars Knotmeter Depth Sounder

Lead Line Watch Barometer GPS VHF Radio

Plotter Portland Plotter Douglas

Protractor Parallel Rules Course Arm

Plotter

Dividers One handed

Straight

Used for Measuring distance Determining

Latitude and Longitude

Hand Bearing Compass Used to take

bearings Lines of

position Danger

bearings

ECDIS

Chartplotter

Chapter One

Tools and Publications

Navigational Equipment Plotters Dividers Hand Bearing

Compass Shiprsquos Compass TSD Computer Calculator Pencils Erasers

Binoculars Knotmeter Depth Sounder

Lead Line Watch Barometer GPS VHF Radio

Plotter Portland Plotter Douglas

Protractor Parallel Rules Course Arm

Plotter

Dividers One handed

Straight

Used for Measuring distance Determining

Latitude and Longitude

Hand Bearing Compass Used to take

bearings Lines of

position Danger

bearings

Chartplotter

Chapter One

Tools and Publications

Navigational Equipment Plotters Dividers Hand Bearing

Compass Shiprsquos Compass TSD Computer Calculator Pencils Erasers

Binoculars Knotmeter Depth Sounder

Lead Line Watch Barometer GPS VHF Radio

Plotter Portland Plotter Douglas

Protractor Parallel Rules Course Arm

Plotter

Dividers One handed

Straight

Used for Measuring distance Determining

Latitude and Longitude

Hand Bearing Compass Used to take

bearings Lines of

position Danger

bearings

Chapter One

Tools and Publications

Navigational Equipment Plotters Dividers Hand Bearing

Compass Shiprsquos Compass TSD Computer Calculator Pencils Erasers

Binoculars Knotmeter Depth Sounder

Lead Line Watch Barometer GPS VHF Radio

Plotter Portland Plotter Douglas

Protractor Parallel Rules Course Arm

Plotter

Dividers One handed

Straight

Used for Measuring distance Determining

Latitude and Longitude

Hand Bearing Compass Used to take

bearings Lines of

position Danger

bearings

Navigational Equipment Plotters Dividers Hand Bearing

Compass Shiprsquos Compass TSD Computer Calculator Pencils Erasers

Binoculars Knotmeter Depth Sounder

Lead Line Watch Barometer GPS VHF Radio

Plotter Portland Plotter Douglas

Protractor Parallel Rules Course Arm

Plotter

Dividers One handed

Straight

Used for Measuring distance Determining

Latitude and Longitude

Hand Bearing Compass Used to take

bearings Lines of

position Danger

bearings

Plotter Portland Plotter Douglas

Protractor Parallel Rules Course Arm

Plotter

Dividers One handed

Straight

Used for Measuring distance Determining

Latitude and Longitude

Hand Bearing Compass Used to take

bearings Lines of

position Danger

bearings

Dividers One handed

Straight

Used for Measuring distance Determining

Latitude and Longitude

Hand Bearing Compass Used to take

bearings Lines of

position Danger

bearings

Hand Bearing Compass Used to take

bearings Lines of

position Danger

bearings

Shiprsquos Compass Binnacle Compass Bulkhead

Compass

Fluxgate Compass Digital compass Sensor

Nautical Slide Rule Time speed

distance calculations

Calculator Time speed

distance calculations

Can be used for celestial navigation

Pencils Erasers O9 mm pencil Soft lead

White erasers

Fluxgate Compass Digital compass Sensor

Nautical Slide Rule Time speed

distance calculations

Calculator Time speed

distance calculations

Can be used for celestial navigation

Pencils Erasers O9 mm pencil Soft lead

White erasers

Nautical Slide Rule Time speed

distance calculations

Calculator Time speed

distance calculations

Can be used for celestial navigation

Pencils Erasers O9 mm pencil Soft lead

White erasers

Calculator Time speed

distance calculations

Can be used for celestial navigation

Pencils Erasers O9 mm pencil Soft lead

White erasers

Pencils Erasers O9 mm pencil Soft lead

White erasers

Binoculars 7 X 50 May have

built-in compass

Knotmeter Measures speed

through the water

Usually includes a trip log Distance covered

Depth Sounder Lead Line Used to

measure depths

Be aware of offset

May not work at extreme depths

Clock Watch Shiprsquos clock is

official time

Barometer Used to make

weather forecasts Rapidly falling

barometer indicates severe weather

GPS Position finding Speed over

ground Velocity made

good ETA Horizontal datum

should match chart

VHF Radio Marine weather

forecasts Notices to

Shipping GMDSS Communication

with other vessels marinas

Navigational Publications Notices to Mariners Chart 1 - Symbols

and Abbreviations Catalogue of

Nautical Charts and Related Publications

Sailing Directions Current Atlas

Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Tide and Current Tables

List of Lights Buoys and Fog Signals

Radio Aids to Marine Navigation

Other Publications International Regulations for the

Prevention of Collisions at Sea (ColRegs)

Safe Boating Guide

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Knotmeter Measures speed

through the water

Usually includes a trip log Distance covered

Depth Sounder Lead Line Used to

measure depths

Be aware of offset

May not work at extreme depths

Clock Watch Shiprsquos clock is

official time

Barometer Used to make

weather forecasts Rapidly falling

barometer indicates severe weather

GPS Position finding Speed over

ground Velocity made

good ETA Horizontal datum

should match chart

VHF Radio Marine weather

forecasts Notices to

Shipping GMDSS Communication

with other vessels marinas

Navigational Publications Notices to Mariners Chart 1 - Symbols

and Abbreviations Catalogue of

Nautical Charts and Related Publications

Sailing Directions Current Atlas

Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Tide and Current Tables

List of Lights Buoys and Fog Signals

Radio Aids to Marine Navigation

Other Publications International Regulations for the

Prevention of Collisions at Sea (ColRegs)

Safe Boating Guide

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Depth Sounder Lead Line Used to

measure depths

Be aware of offset

May not work at extreme depths

Clock Watch Shiprsquos clock is

official time

Barometer Used to make

weather forecasts Rapidly falling

barometer indicates severe weather

GPS Position finding Speed over

ground Velocity made

good ETA Horizontal datum

should match chart

VHF Radio Marine weather

forecasts Notices to

Shipping GMDSS Communication

with other vessels marinas

Navigational Publications Notices to Mariners Chart 1 - Symbols

and Abbreviations Catalogue of

Nautical Charts and Related Publications

Sailing Directions Current Atlas

Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Tide and Current Tables

List of Lights Buoys and Fog Signals

Radio Aids to Marine Navigation

Other Publications International Regulations for the

Prevention of Collisions at Sea (ColRegs)

Safe Boating Guide

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Clock Watch Shiprsquos clock is

official time

Barometer Used to make

weather forecasts Rapidly falling

barometer indicates severe weather

GPS Position finding Speed over

ground Velocity made

good ETA Horizontal datum

should match chart

VHF Radio Marine weather

forecasts Notices to

Shipping GMDSS Communication

with other vessels marinas

Navigational Publications Notices to Mariners Chart 1 - Symbols

and Abbreviations Catalogue of

Nautical Charts and Related Publications

Sailing Directions Current Atlas

Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Tide and Current Tables

List of Lights Buoys and Fog Signals

Radio Aids to Marine Navigation

Other Publications International Regulations for the

Prevention of Collisions at Sea (ColRegs)

Safe Boating Guide

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Barometer Used to make

weather forecasts Rapidly falling

barometer indicates severe weather

GPS Position finding Speed over

ground Velocity made

good ETA Horizontal datum

should match chart

VHF Radio Marine weather

forecasts Notices to

Shipping GMDSS Communication

with other vessels marinas

Navigational Publications Notices to Mariners Chart 1 - Symbols

and Abbreviations Catalogue of

Nautical Charts and Related Publications

Sailing Directions Current Atlas

Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Tide and Current Tables

List of Lights Buoys and Fog Signals

Radio Aids to Marine Navigation

Other Publications International Regulations for the

Prevention of Collisions at Sea (ColRegs)

Safe Boating Guide

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

GPS Position finding Speed over

ground Velocity made

good ETA Horizontal datum

should match chart

VHF Radio Marine weather

forecasts Notices to

Shipping GMDSS Communication

with other vessels marinas

Navigational Publications Notices to Mariners Chart 1 - Symbols

and Abbreviations Catalogue of

Nautical Charts and Related Publications

Sailing Directions Current Atlas

Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Tide and Current Tables

List of Lights Buoys and Fog Signals

Radio Aids to Marine Navigation

Other Publications International Regulations for the

Prevention of Collisions at Sea (ColRegs)

Safe Boating Guide

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

VHF Radio Marine weather

forecasts Notices to

Shipping GMDSS Communication

with other vessels marinas

Navigational Publications Notices to Mariners Chart 1 - Symbols

and Abbreviations Catalogue of

Nautical Charts and Related Publications

Sailing Directions Current Atlas

Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Tide and Current Tables

List of Lights Buoys and Fog Signals

Radio Aids to Marine Navigation

Other Publications International Regulations for the

Prevention of Collisions at Sea (ColRegs)

Safe Boating Guide

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Navigational Publications Notices to Mariners Chart 1 - Symbols

and Abbreviations Catalogue of

Nautical Charts and Related Publications

Sailing Directions Current Atlas

Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Tide and Current Tables

List of Lights Buoys and Fog Signals

Radio Aids to Marine Navigation

Other Publications International Regulations for the

Prevention of Collisions at Sea (ColRegs)

Safe Boating Guide

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Other Publications International Regulations for the

Prevention of Collisions at Sea (ColRegs)

Safe Boating Guide

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Charts a graphic representation of a

maritime area and adjacent coastal regions

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Coordinates Latitude (L)

Parallels run east and west Denote location north or south of the Equator Poles are 90ordm North and 90ordm South

Longitude (λ) Meridians run north and south Denote location east or west of Prime

Meridian Greenwich

Converge at poles

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Latitude and Longitude

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Graticule This latitudelongitude webbing

is known as the common graticule

Location can be specified by both latitude and longitude

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Deception Pass

L 48 244rsquoN

122 402W

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Degrees Minutes Seconds 360 degrees in a circle

Symbol ordm 60 minutes in a degree

Symbol 60 seconds in a minute

Symbol

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Formats Latitude ndash Longitude

DM DegreeMinute L 49ordm 300rsquo N λ123ordm 300rsquoW

DMS DegreeMinuteSecond L49 ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoN λ123ordm 30rsquo 00rdquoW

DD Decimal Degree L495000ordm N λ1235000ordmW generally with 4 decimal numbers

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Transferring Charts Determine position Determine range and bearing to

object on both charts Verify with latitude and longitude

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Chart Projections Mercator

ldquoNormalrdquo projection for charts Polyconic

May be used in the Great Lakes

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Mercator Projection

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Conic Projection

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Mercator projection Latitude scale

Polyconic projection Distance scale

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Chart Information Charts show

depths of water and heights of land natural features of the seabed details of the coastline navigational hazards locations of natural and man-made aids to

navigation information on tides and currents local details of the Earths magnetic field man-made structures such as harbours and

bridges

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Chart Classification Sailing Charts

Offshore passages 1600000 Very little detail

General Charts Making landfalls 1150000 to 1600000

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Chart Classification Coastal Charts

Inshore navigation 150000 to 1150000

Harbour Charts Navigating harbours and

waterways Larger than 150000

Large scale = lots of detail

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Care of Charts Use soft pencils only Use white erasers only Level flat surface Keep them updated Keep them dry

Use below decks Stow flat folded

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Reading Charts Title Block Chart Symbols and Abbreviations

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Title Block Region

Identification Main Title Scale

Identification Projection

Identification

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Title Block Depths Notes Elevation Notes Horizontal Datum Source

Classification Symbol

Reference Notes (Chart 1)

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Title Block Tides and Current

Notes Aids to Navigation

Notes Cautionary Notes Conversion Table

Metres Feet Fathoms

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Compass Rose Variation May be as

many as four per chart

May vary Use the

closest one

Important Chart SymbolsRock awash at chart datum

Dangerous underwater rock of 2m (6 ft) or less

Important Chart Symbols

Rock which covers and uncovers with drying height

Rock which does not cover with elevation

Important Chart Symbols

Kelp

Wreck showing any portion of hull or superstructure

Important Chart SymbolsWreck masts visible

Flood current direction with rate

Important Chart SymbolsWhirlpools eddies

Wd

Weed seabed

Important Chart SymbolsUnderwater cable

Limit of restricted area

Important Chart SymbolsLighted navigational aid (not floating)

Church

Chapter Two

Tides and Currents

Tides

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Important Chart Symbols

Rock which covers and uncovers with drying height

Rock which does not cover with elevation

Important Chart Symbols

Kelp

Wreck showing any portion of hull or superstructure

Important Chart SymbolsWreck masts visible

Flood current direction with rate

Important Chart SymbolsWhirlpools eddies

Wd

Weed seabed

Important Chart SymbolsUnderwater cable

Limit of restricted area

Important Chart SymbolsLighted navigational aid (not floating)

Church

Chapter Two

Tides and Currents

Tides

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Important Chart Symbols

Kelp

Wreck showing any portion of hull or superstructure

Important Chart SymbolsWreck masts visible

Flood current direction with rate

Important Chart SymbolsWhirlpools eddies

Wd

Weed seabed

Important Chart SymbolsUnderwater cable

Limit of restricted area

Important Chart SymbolsLighted navigational aid (not floating)

Church

Chapter Two

Tides and Currents

Tides

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Important Chart SymbolsWreck masts visible

Flood current direction with rate

Important Chart SymbolsWhirlpools eddies

Wd

Weed seabed

Important Chart SymbolsUnderwater cable

Limit of restricted area

Important Chart SymbolsLighted navigational aid (not floating)

Church

Chapter Two

Tides and Currents

Tides

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Important Chart SymbolsWhirlpools eddies

Wd

Weed seabed

Important Chart SymbolsUnderwater cable

Limit of restricted area

Important Chart SymbolsLighted navigational aid (not floating)

Church

Chapter Two

Tides and Currents

Tides

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Important Chart SymbolsUnderwater cable

Limit of restricted area

Important Chart SymbolsLighted navigational aid (not floating)

Church

Chapter Two

Tides and Currents

Tides

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Important Chart SymbolsLighted navigational aid (not floating)

Church

Chapter Two

Tides and Currents

Tides

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Chapter Two

Tides and Currents

Tides

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Tides

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Currents

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Use CD

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Currents in the St Lawrence River

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Current Stations ndash St Lawrence

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Current Stations Designated with a

lozenge Diamond shape with

a letter in centre

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Tidal Stream Table On chart

Hours before and after HW at reference port

Current direction (T)

Current rate (kn)

Reference port Current station

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Scenario On July 22 2007 in the early afternoon

you are sailing along the range toward Cap de Diable in the St Lawrence River Your course will take you over an abandoned cable located at L47 2415rsquoN 70 270rsquo W You expect to encounter some current in the vicinity What will be the expected currents when the reference station is at High Water

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Step One Step 1 - Identify the nearest current

station The letter in the lozenge will correspond to the appropriate column on the table In this case the secondary current station is marked with a

It is located at L 47 244rsquoN 070 273rsquoW

B

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Step One

Current station

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Step Two Identify the appropriate reference

port in the second row of the table At the row above the position of the secondary station we note that this is referenced to High Water (HW) at Queacutebec

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Step Two

Current station

Reference port

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Step Three Using the correct pages of the Tide

and Current Tables find the High Water times for the reference port Using the Tide and Current Tables we note that in the early afternoon that High Water is at 1148 EST which we correct by adding 1 hour for daylight savings and get 1248 EDT

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Step Three

High water

Corrected = 1248 EDT

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Step 4 - Note the time difference between

High Water at the reference port and the time for which you want information We will be at the current station at 1248 which is also High Water at Queacutebec

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Step 5 Locate the correct row for the time

difference and the column for the current lozenge The direction of current in given in degrees true and current rate is given in knots From the table we findTime 1248 Rate 12 kn Direction 040

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Step 5

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Other Times When calculating the rate and direction for

times other than High Water at the reference port determine the number hours from High Water at the reference port to the time in which you are interested For example you are at this current station at 1548 (3 hours later) The characteristics of the current are

Time 1548 Rate 4 knDirection 018

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Other Times

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Chapter Three

The Compass

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

The Ships Compass and North Cardinal Points

North East South West

North is usually at the top

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

North True North

No variation or deviation Magnetic North

Accounts for variation only Compass North

Accounts for variation and deviation

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Variation Difference between

true north and magnetic north

North pole and magnetic pole differ

Annual change Found on compass

rose Varies globally

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Compass Rose 004 12degW 1985 (8 E) 45ordm West variation in

1985 8rsquo annual change Current variation

14ordmW 8 X 2760 = 36ordm change 45 ndash 36 = 09 Subtract when annual

change and variation directions differ

Add when same

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Deviation Difference between shiprsquos compass and

magnetic bearing Ferrous metal affects magnetic field on

vessel Relative to vesselrsquos heading Found on deviation card table No deviation in hand bearing compass

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Deviation TableDeviation Table

Compass Heading Deviation(+E-W)

Magnetic Heading

000 7E 007

030 6E 036

060 4E 064

090 2E 092

120 1W 119

150 4W 146

180 7W 173

210 5W 205

240 0 240

270 3E 273

300 4E 304

330 4E 334

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Deviation Card Created by

Compass compensator

Self Checked using

ranges or transit

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Accounting for Variation and Deviation Helm reads the shiprsquos compass Navigator works in true Navigator makes conversions

Correcting Compass to True

Uncorrecting True to Compass

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Compass to True Conversions

Correcting Memory Aid Can Dead Men Vote Twice At Elections

Correcting Compass heading +- Deviation = Magnetic

heading +- Variation = True heading Add East

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Converting True to Compass

Uncorrecting Memory Aid True Virgins Make Dull Company At Weddings

Uncorrecting True heading +- Variation = Magnetic

heading +- Deviation =Compass

heading Add West

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Correcting Examples

Compass

Deviation

Magnetic

Variation

True

124 16degW

253 12 degW

165 17 degE

337 13 degE

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Uncorrecting Examples

True Variation

Magnetic

Deviation

Compass

017 13 degE

073 11 degW

206 9 degE

268 21 degW

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Checking Deviation Maintain a course that keeps Rum

Island and Turn Point in line Determine heading from shiprsquos

compass 020 C

True heading 042

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Checking DeviationTrue Variation Magneti

cDeviation

Compass

042 18ordmE 024 4ordmE 020

Compare to deviation table

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Checking Deviation

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Sources of Error in Deviation Cards Electronic Interference Radio speakers near compass Old deviation card Winch handles or other metal near

compass

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Chapter Four

Dead Reckoning The Deck Log Chart Notation and

Passage Planning

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Time Speed Distance Distance

Measured in nautical miles One mile equals 1 minutes of

latitude 115 statute miles (6080 feet) 1852 meters

Speed Measured in knots (nautical miles per

hour) Time

Measured in minutes

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

The formula 60D = ST Distance times 60 equals speed

times time D=(ST)60 S=60DT T=60DS

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Guidelines

Speed 1 knot 2 knots 3 knots 4 knots 5 knots 6 knots

Time to travel 1 mile 60 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes 12 minutes 10 minutes

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Examples1) You have been on route for 4 hours and

20 minutes at a speed of 6 knots How far have you travelled

2) You need to get to Porlier Pass (20 miles away) by 1500 At what time should you depart if your speed 6 knots

3) You leave Sidney for Ganges a distance of 15 miles You arrive 4 hours later What was your speed

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Answers1 D=ST 60

6 X 240 60 = 26 miles

2 T=60D S60 X 20 6 = 200 minutes (3h 20m)Depart at 1140

3 S=60D TS=60D T60 X 15 240 = 375 knots

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Chart Notation Guidelines for labeling

Draw your lines lightly and no longer than necessary

Allow for the thickness of your pencil Label a line immediately after drawing it The label for any line is placed along that

line that is parallel to the line The label for any point should not be

along any line that is at an angle to the line

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Abbreviations Found on Labels C = course to steer also know as the heading

(shown at beginning of the label) CMG = course made good M = magnetic heading (shown at end of the

label) T = true heading (shown at end of the label) C = compass heading (shown at end of the label) S = speed through water in knots SMG = speed made good (sometimes called

speed over ground) D = distance

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Example of Line Labeling

______C 270 T________ S 60

Course is 270 TSpeed is 60 knots

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Positions Geographical Position Latitude Longitude

L 48 373rsquoN 123 235rsquo W

Latitude is abbreviated as ldquoLrdquo or ldquoLatrdquo Longitude is abbreviated as the Greek letter lambda ldquordquo or ldquoLongrdquo Draw a rectangle around the position

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Positions Dead Reckoning Position

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Positions FixesGeneral Fix Two Bearing Fix

Three Bearing Fix

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Positions Electronic Fixes

Loran Fix GPS Fix

Satellite Fix Radar Fix

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Positions Estimated Position

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Lines Course Line

Course Made Good Speed Made Good Line

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Lines Set and Drift

Current

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Lines Bearing and Time

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Lines Line of Position Circle of Position

Advanced Line of Position

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Labeling Lines Danger Bearing

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines

Time - 4 digits using the 24 hour clock (1422)

Bearings and headings - three digits (015M) Magnetic (M) Shiprsquos compass (C) bearings Bearing without a letter following is assumed to

be in true (T) Speeds - knots and tenths of knots (63)

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Some Conventions for Labeling Lines Bearings

Time is shown along the top of the line Bearing below

Course lines Course heading is shown along the top The speed below

As a general guide the information with the most digits is shown along the top of the line

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Deck Log

Course (add east)

TIME POSITION C D M V T S SET DFT CMG SMG D REMARKS

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Deck Log Information Time and Date Position

Geographic Relative

Course Compass Magnetic True

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Deck Log Information Speed (through water) Set and Drift Course and Speed Made Good Distance Covered

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Deck Log Information Remarks

Engine hours Bearings taken Adjacent nav aids Sail power Weather conditions

Wind strength direction

Barometer Clouds Precipitation

Where anchored moored

Customs amp immigration info

Notes re anchorage dock

Any incidents Any other

pertinent information

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Passage Planning Overall Plan

Assessment Go No go

Detailed Piloting Plan More specific

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Overall Plan Safe Route Minimum distance

travelled Crew capability and

condition Equipment

availability and dependability

Navigational hazard proximity

Navigation methods to be used

Potential actions in case of emergency weather deterioration fog

Favourable conditions for passage

Weather Sea state Timing

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Detailed Piloting Plan Characteristics of narrow and harbours

to be entered Timing of departure from and and

arrival at narrows harbours landfalls Proximity availability placement of

navigational aids Tidal heights and tidal currents when

near hazards or shoreline Weather conditions that might make

navigation hazardous in specific areas

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Chapter 5

Set and Drift Estimated Position and Leeway

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Definitions Set

The direction the current is flowing in degrees true For example a set of 180 is a current flowing due south

Drift The rate of the current in knots

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Universal Shorthand Labeling

Course to Steer (CTS) The direction the boat was steered

through the water Course (C)

Shiprsquos compass ndash converted to true Speed (S)

Shiprsquos knotmeter

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Course Made Good (CMG) Speed Made Good (SMG) Also known as Course and Speed

to make Good Your intended course

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Universal Shorthand Labelling

Set Current direction in true

Drift Current rate in knots

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Taking Currents into Account Finding Course to

Steer Known

Set Drift CMG Speed (through

water)

Determining Set and Drift

Known Two fixes Dead reckoning

position

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Determining Set and Drift

In this example we intend on traveling from Cadboro Point (L482702rsquoN 1231583rsquoW) to Lime Kiln Light (L483095rsquoN 1231808rsquoW) We depart Cadboro Point at 1100 at a speed of 5 knots on a course of 048T At 1148 our GPS starts working and gives us a position of L48287rsquoN 123113rsquoW which we plot on our chart We can also plot our 1148 DR position Now we can determine the set and drift

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

C 048

T

1100 S

50

Determining Set and Drift

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course Line

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Determining Set and Drift

Step 2 ndash Plot and label the DR position

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

GFix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 3 ndash Plot and label the GPS fix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 4 ndash Connect the DR and the GFix

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 5 ndash Determine the set by measuring the bearing (180 T)

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

C 048

T

1100 S

50

DR

11

48

Gfix 1148

Determining Set and Drift

Step 6 ndash Determine drift

60D=ST

S=1X6048

S= 12 knots

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Determining Course to Steer

On November 18 2003 we plan on leaving Thieves Bay Marina Mouat Point Light (L48465rsquoN 1231875rsquoW) for Isabella Island (L484375rsquoN 1232575rsquoW) We will use the current information for Swanson Channel The chart shows the flood direction to be 360 Using our current prediction tables we determine that that the drift is 1 knot Our boat speed is 5 knots Our course to make good is 242T We need to gauge our speed made good and our course to steer Knowing the distance to travel our estimated time of arrival can also be computed We can also calculate estimated positions

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 1 ndash Draw and label the course to make good

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Determining Course to Steer

CMG 242 T

Step2 - Draw and label the set drift line

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

Step 3 ndash From the end of set drift line scribe an arc the length of the speed Connect and label

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Determining Course to Steer

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 4 ndash Measure CMG line to scribe mark ndash SMG Label the SMG

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 5 ndash Use plotter to determine course Label the line

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Determining Course to Steer

C 232

T

C 232

T S 50

S 50

CMG 242 T

SMG 44

Step 6 ndash Draw a course speed line from departure (Mouat Point Light) Label

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 1 ndash Establish 1230 DR position

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 2 ndash Calculate effect of current

D=1 X 3060=5 M

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44 1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label set drift line from DR

DR 1230

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Estimated Position based on Current

C 232

T S 50

CMG 242

TSMG 44

1200

Step 3 ndash Draw and label EP

DR 1230

EP 1230

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Leeway Sideways motion caused by wind Different keels have different effects

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Boat Type 3ndash 10 knots 11ndash21 knots 22ndash33 knots 34ndash55 knots

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Close Hauled

Reach

Shallow-keel cruising sailboat (full keel) 10 5 8 4 12 10 20 12

Deep- keel racer-cruiser sailboat (fin keel) 6 4 4 2 6 4 12 6

Large cruising sailboat (modified keel)Under power 4 2 6 4 10 8 20 12

Under sail 10 4 8 4 12 12 20 15

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Estimating Leeway Sight down your wake with a

handbearing compass Calculate reciprocal

Check your compass course Convert to magnetic

The difference is your leeway

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Chapter 6

Aids to Navigation

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

IALA Systems International Association of

Lighthouse Authorities Two Systems

IALA System B North and South America Japan Philippines South Korea

IALA System A Rest of the World

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

General Direction of Buoyage A direction determined by the

buoyage authorities following a clockwise direction around continental landmasses

Canada West coast ndash north Arctic coast ndash east East coast - south

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Conventional Direction of Buoyage Upstream Rules

Proceeding from seaward Proceeding toward the headwaters of

a river Proceeding into harbour Proceeding in same direction as flood

current ldquoRed right returningrdquo

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Upstream Rules

Starboard Bifurcation

Port Lateral

Starboard Laterals

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

USE CD

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Aids to NavigationThe Canadian Aids to Navigation System

Navigational Aid Colour(s) of AidIdentifiers

Shape Top Mark

Light Characteristics

Safe Water

Remarks Memory aids

Lightstations

Minor Lighted Aids Port Starboard

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Special Purpose Buoys

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Special Purpose Buoys

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Day Beacons On land Mounted on piling or post Generally unlighted

Some do have lights Either lateral or bifurcation

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Lateral Day Beacons Port

Square shape Green border Black green

centre Leave to port

going upstream

Starboard Conical shape Red border Red centre Leave to

starboard going upstream

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons Port Bifurcation

Diamond shape Red border Green square

centre Preferred channel

to port

Starboard Bifurcation Diamond shape Red border Red conical centre Preferred channel

to starboard

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons

Starboard lateral Port lateral Starboard

Bifurcation Port Bifurcation

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Minor Lighted Aids

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Chapter 7

Bearings and Fixes

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Bearings and LOPs Bearings

Taken with handbearing compass

Noted on deck log

Line of Position Bearing

transferred to chart

Labelled

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Methods of Determining Fixes No visible charted object

Dead reckoning One visible charted object

Distance off and a bearing Sounding and a bearing Running fix

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Methods of Determining Fixes Two visible charted objects

Two point fix Two distances off

Three visible charted objects Three point fix Transit and a bearing

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Establishing Fixes In determining positions

A fix is the most accurate An estimated position is more

accurate than dead reckoning but less accurate than a fix and

Dead reckoning is the least accurate (but better than nothing)

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Need to Know Two or more bearings (different

objects same time) Two bearing fix Three bearing fix Bearing and distance off

Running fix Distance and a bearing Estimated position

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

EstimatedPosition

DR

1

33

5

EP 1335

1335

028M

Step 1

bullDraw course line

bullCalculate DR

bullTake bearing

bullTransfer LOP to chart

Step 2

bullDraw line perpendicular to LOP to DR position

bullLabel

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Two Bearing Fix

0955

030

M0955123M

Fix 0955

Step 1

bullSelect two objects

bullRight angles

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Three Bearing Fix

1148291M1148

026M

11

48

34

1M

Fix 1148

Step 1

bullSelect three objects

bull120ordm or 60ordm

bullOn chart

bullOn land

Step 2

bullTake bearing Note time

Step 3

bullDraw and label LOPs

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

bullTwo LOPs on one or more objects at different times

bullFact ndash you are along the LOPs

bullAssumption ndash you are along the advanced LOP

bullFix at intersection of second LOP and advanced LOP

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

STEP 1

Draw and label course

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

Step 2

Take a bearing and note time

Draw and label

Step 3

Maintain course and speed

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1454308MStep 4

Take a second bearing and note the time

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308MStep 5

Calculate the distance travelled

Step 6

Advance the first LOP by the distance travelled

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Running Fix

C 069T

S 50

1430

002

M

1430-

1454

002M

1454308M

R Fix 1454

Step 7

Label your position at the intersection

bullSecond LOP

bullAdvanced LOP

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Transit and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Charted objects about to range - LOP

1543

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Transit and a Bearing

Step 2 ndash As range occurs take bearing on object at right angles

Step 3 ndash Draw and label

1543

1543

036M

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Transit and a Bearing

Step 4 Label the intersection of transit and LOP as a Fix

1543

1543

036M

Fix 1543

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Distance off and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Dip the horizon

Step 2 ndash Determine distance off

bullAccount for the height of tide

bullNomograph

bullD=212H + 212HO (meters)

bullD= 117H + 117HO (feet)

Step 2 - Take a bearing on object

Step 3 ndash Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Draw and label COP

0320

174M

032060M

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Sounding and a Bearing

Step 1 ndash Look for a distinctive change in depth along course

Step 2 ndash As you reach sounding take a bearing

Step 3 ndash Position - where LOP and course intersect

1330

031M

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Danger Bearing

NLT 1

58M

Step 1 ndash Plot bearing tangent to the danger

Step 2 ndash Determine bearing of danger zone

Step 3 ndash Label danger bearing with safe bearing

NLT ndash not less than (danger to starboard)

NMT - not more than

(danger to port

Step 4 ndash Mark danger zone with hatch marks

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 1 ndash Know and maintain course and speed

Draw and label

C

000

S 4

0

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 2 ndash Take a bearing on a close object

Step 3 - Draw and label LOP

Step 4 ndash Calculate the relative bearing (40deg)

Step 5 ndash Maintain course and speed

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 6 ndash Keep taking bearings until relative angle doubles (280T 261M) Note time

Step 7 ndash Draw and label LOP

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185

Doubling Angle on the Bow

Step 8 ndash Calculate distance travelled Distance travelled = Distance off

Step 9 ndash Measure distance off along second LOP

Step 10 ndash Label the RFix

C

000

S 4

0

1130

320T

1145280T

RFix

1145

• Coastal Navigation
• Why Not Use a GPS
• PowerPoint Presentation
• ECDIS
• Chartplotter
• Chapter One
• Navigational Equipment
• Plotter
• Dividers
• Hand Bearing Compass
• Shiprsquos Compass
• Fluxgate Compass
• Nautical Slide Rule
• Calculator
• Pencils Erasers
• Binoculars
• Knotmeter
• Depth Sounder Lead Line
• Clock Watch
• Barometer
• GPS
• VHF Radio
• Navigational Publications
• Other Publications
• Charts
• Coordinates
• Latitude and Longitude
• Graticule
• Deception Pass
• Degrees Minutes Seconds
• Formats
• Transferring Charts
• Chart Projections
• Mercator Projection
• Conic Projection
• Distance
• Chart Information
• Chart Classification
• Slide 39
• Care of Charts
• Reading Charts
• Title Block
• Slide 43
• Slide 44
• Compass Rose
• Important Chart Symbols
• Slide 47
• Slide 48
• Slide 49
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Slide 52
• Chapter Two
• Tides
• Currents
• Use CD
• Currents in the St Lawrence River
• Current Stations ndash St Lawrence
• Current Stations
• Tidal Stream Table
• Scenario
• Step One
• Slide 63
• Step Two
• Slide 65
• Step Three
• Slide 67
• Step 4
• Step 5
• Slide 70
• Other Times
• Slide 72
• Chapter Three
• The Ships Compass and North
• North
• Variation
• Slide 77
• Deviation
• Deviation Table
• Deviation Card
• Accounting for Variation and Deviation
• Compass to True Conversions
• Converting True to Compass
• Correcting Examples
• Uncorrecting Examples
• Checking Deviation
• Slide 87
• Slide 88
• Sources of Error in Deviation Cards
• Chapter Four
• Time Speed Distance
• The formula
• Guidelines
• Examples
• Answers
• Chart Notation
• Abbreviations Found on Labels
• Example of Line Labeling
• Labeling Positions
• Slide 100
• Slide 101
• Slide 102
• Slide 103
• Labeling Lines
• Slide 105
• Slide 106
• Slide 107
• Slide 108
• Some Conventions for Labeling Lines
• Slide 110
• Deck Log
• Deck Log Information
• Slide 113
• Slide 114
• Passage Planning
• Overall Plan
• Detailed Piloting Plan
• Slide 118
• Chapter 5
• Definitions
• Universal Shorthand Labeling
• Universal Shorthand Labelling
• Slide 123
• Taking Currents into Account
• Determining Set and Drift
• Slide 126
• Slide 127
• Slide 128
• Slide 129
• Slide 130
• Slide 131
• Determining Course to Steer
• Slide 133
• Slide 134
• Slide 135
• Slide 136
• Slide 137
• Slide 138
• Estimated Position based on Current
• Slide 140
• Slide 141
• Slide 142
• Leeway
• Slide 144
• Estimating Leeway
• Chapter 6
• IALA Systems
• General Direction of Buoyage
• Conventional Direction of Buoyage
• Upstream Rules
• Slide 151
• Aids to Navigation
• Special Purpose Buoys
• Slide 154
• Slide 155
• Day Beacons
• Lateral Day Beacons
• Bifurcation Junction Standard Daybeacons
• Chart Symbols ndash Day Beacons
• Minor Lighted Aids
• Chapter 7
• Bearings and LOPs
• Methods of Determining Fixes
• Slide 164
• Establishing Fixes
• Need to Know
• Estimated Position
• Two Bearing Fix
• Three Bearing Fix
• Running Fix
• Slide 171
• Slide 172
• Slide 173
• Slide 174
• Slide 175
• Transit and a Bearing
• Slide 177
• Slide 178
• Distance off and a Bearing
• Sounding and a Bearing
• Danger Bearing
• Doubling Angle on the Bow
• Slide 183
• Slide 184
• Slide 185